Casio | LK-220 | manual | Casio LK-220 Manual

Casio LK-220 Manual
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA0811-B Printed in China‬‬
‫‪LK220AR1B‬‬
‫‪04/11/2008 07:49:41‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪LK220AR1B‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 1‬‬
‫● ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫● ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:09:16‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 2‬‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫‪Soft pedal‬‬
‫‪Reverb send‬‬
‫‪RPN LSB, MSB‬‬
‫‪All sound off‬‬
‫‪Reset all controller‬‬
‫‪ :*1‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : RPN :*2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ‬
‫‪ :*3‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ :*4‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪ :*5‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،GM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪ ،٤ ،٢‬ﻭ‪ ،٥‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ‪ MIDI‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪O : Yes‬‬
‫‪X : No‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *2‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪100, 101‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *5‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪:True #‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Change‬‬
‫‪: Song Pos‬‬
‫‪: Song Sel‬‬
‫‪: Tune‬‬
‫‪: Clock‬‬
‫‪: Commands‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Remarks‬‬
‫‪Messages‬‬
‫‪System Exclusive‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Common‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Real Time‬‬
‫‪Aux‬‬
‫‪: Local ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪: All notes OFF‬‬
‫‪: Active Sense‬‬
‫‪: Reset‬‬
‫‪Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY‬‬
‫‪Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪AR-2 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-19 ...................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪AR-4 ........................................... (4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-19 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪AR-4 .................................... (bo‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‪AR-5 ....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪AR-5 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪AR-5 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-19 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪AR-20 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪AR-21 .................................................٣‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-22 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪AR-6 ............‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪AR-23 .....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ‪AR-6 .............................‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ‪AR-25 ......‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ‪AR-7 .............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‪AR-7 ......‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪AR-8 ......................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪AR-27 ..................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪AR-9 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪AR-27 ............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء ‪AR-28 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-10 ...........‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪AR-30 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-10 .....................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪AR-31 ........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ‪AR-11....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ‪AR-11.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪AR-32 .....................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ( ‪AR-12 ...............‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-32 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-12 ......................‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪AR-33 ..................................................... MIDI‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‪AR-14 .................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪AR-35 .........................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪AR-15 ................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‪AR-36 .........................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪AR-15 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪AR-36 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ‪AR-15 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪AR-38 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪AR-39 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-40 .........................................................‬‬
‫‪MIDI Implementation Chart‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫● ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪AR-1‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:13‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ”ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ“ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.LK-220‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4 5 6‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪co‬‬
‫‪cl‬‬
‫‪ck‬‬
‫‪bt‬‬
‫‪cr cs‬‬
‫‪bs‬‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪cq‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪cp‬‬
‫‪co‬‬
‫‪dk‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫‪AR-2‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:13‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 2‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )‪(POWER‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-6‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻟﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )‪(MAIN VOLUME‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-6‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻟﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ‪(MIC VOLUME) MIC‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-12‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪(SETTING‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-4‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪(SAMPLING‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-12‬ﻭ‪14‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(METRONOME‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-9‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ )‪(INTRO ،REPEAT‬‬
‫‪ ،22 ،17‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪،AR-16‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ )‪(NORMAL/FILL-IN ،REW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،27 ،20 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‬
‫)‪(VARIATION/FILL-IN ،FF‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء )‪SYNCHRO/ ،PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ (ENDING‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،30 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪START/ ،PLAY/STOP‬‬
‫‪ (STOP‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،22 ،21 ،18 ،16 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪27‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫)‪(ACCOMP ON/OFF ،PART SELECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،28 ،22 ،20 ،18 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪34‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(TEMPO‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪ bp‬ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )‪(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪[-] / [+‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،20 ،AR-16‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،17 ،AR-9‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫‪AR-4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،17 ،AR-15‬ﻭ‪20‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪(ONE TOUCH PRESET ،RHYTHM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،27 ،AR-10‬ﻭ‪31‬‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪ bs‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ )‪ (LISTEN‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪ bt‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (WATCH‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪ ck‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ )‪ (REMEMBER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪ cl‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )‪ (NEXT‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-20‬‬
‫‪ cm‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (AUTO‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪ cn‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )‪(MUSIC CHALLENGE‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )‪(TONE‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-6‬ﻭ‪10‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪co‬‬
‫‪ cp‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ cq‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪ cr‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ cs‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ct‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪ CHORD‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-28‬‬
‫‪ dk‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪dm dn do dp dq‬‬
‫‪dm‬‬
‫‪ dn‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )‪(SUSTAIN‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-7‬ﻭ‪35‬‬
‫‪do‬‬
‫‪ dp‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ DC 9V‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-5‬‬
‫‪ dq‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )‪ (MIC IN‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-12‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-35‬‬
‫‪AR-3‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:14‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 3‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪(bo‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )‪ (4‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪Trans .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪Md e r nPn o‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،005‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]‪) [+‬ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻭ]‪) [-‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪[+‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪) [+‬ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻭ]‪) [-‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪Trans.‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪AcompVol‬‬
‫‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Song Vol‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫‪Touch‬‬
‫‪AR-8‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Tune‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪Reverb‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪Speak‬‬
‫‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪NoteGuid‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫‪Scoring‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪PhraseLn‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺑﺪء ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪SmplAuto‬‬
‫‪AR-13‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪Keybd Ch‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫‪Navi. Ch‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Local‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪AcompOut‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪Jack‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪Demo2‬‬
‫‪AR-6‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫‪AR-4‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:16‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ .AA‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻛﺴﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍء ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AD-5 AC‬ﻻﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ AA‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ +‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AD-5 AC‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪AD-5‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪DC 9V‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪.AC‬‬
‫■ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫‪AR-5‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:17‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮء ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫■ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،br‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪(AC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-12‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻀﺊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻀﻲء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Demo2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Demo 2‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪AR-6‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:17‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫• ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﺒﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻚ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺠﻴﺠﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺠﻴﺠﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺪﻭﺋﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻻﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫‪AR-7‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:18‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Touch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪ht‬‬
‫‪Touch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(١) ١‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(٢) ٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Keylight‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪l i‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪Ke‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-8‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:19‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bn‬ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ 89‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﺎ ‪.089‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺗﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﻷﻭﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻼﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،0‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻛﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 6‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪.AR-31‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-17‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Bea t‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.6‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-9‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:18:41‬‬
‫‪LK220_04_ar_C03.indd 9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bq br‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻛﺴﺘﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.br‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ(‬
‫‪S t .GrPno‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ 001‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 395‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(400‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bq‬ﻭ‪ br‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫”‪“001‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫”‪“06‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪“00” :‬‬
‫‪ :Off‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :On‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪SUS‬‬
‫ﻧﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫”‪“131‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪AR-10‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:20‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺻﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Reverb‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Reve r b‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪Reve r b‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Jack‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Jack‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Sustain‬‬
‫)‪(SUS‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﻏﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮ‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫)‪(SoS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ‪Soft‬‬
‫)‪(SFt‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﻢ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪ Rhythm‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(rHy‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ‪SUSTAIN‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:21‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ -12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +12‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.4‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻠﺒﻚ ﻭﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ‪MIC IN‬‬
‫‪Trans .‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻳﺠﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ‪.CD‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ -99‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +99‬ﺳﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Tune‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Tune‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ(‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎً ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺄﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻸﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪.AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻪ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Wa i t i ng‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:21‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﻚ ﻛﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.401‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “SmplAuto‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Smp l A u t o‬‬
‫‪Samp l i ng‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫‪i na l‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪Or i‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﺤﻮ ًﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪ ،“oFF‬ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ،5‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻛﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ .401‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ!‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ‪ (C4) C‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦ ‪ C4‬ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻐﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪C4‬‬
‫‪AR-13‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:22‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪.401‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 402‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.411‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 402‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 411‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪.401‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺄﺧﺬﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-27‬ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫‪ 402‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 403‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 404‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 405‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 406‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 407‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 408‬ﺍﻟﻬﺰﺍﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 409‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ 410‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 411‬ﻣﻀﺤﻚ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪D r mA s i‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(dr1) ١‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(dr2) ٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺃﻵﺕ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﺤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-27‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺃﺧﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻉ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،140‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ 142‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 150‬ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-14‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:23‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 14‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ”ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻋﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-19‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪7 8 9 bk bl bm‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(090‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bp‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻭ‪ bm‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪.001‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bl‬‬
‫‪AR-15‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:23‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 15‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bl‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪Mo o n l i‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪bl‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) 7‬ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-20‬‬
‫”‪ “REPEAT‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-20‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻘﻨﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bk‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً )ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ”‪ “REPEAT‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫‪AR-16‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:24‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 16‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ bk‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً‪9 ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Song Vol‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪Vo l‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪Son‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﺄ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bn‬ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bp‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺇﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:25‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 17‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bm‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺰء ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-18‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:25‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 18‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bs bt ck cl cm‬‬
‫‪bl bm‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﻗﺼﺮ )ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫‪789‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪،٤ ،٣ ،٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺗﻚ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ!‬
‫‪AR-19‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:26‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 19‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً(‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.cl‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫>‪<Phrase‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪ً “Wait‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ”‪.“Phrase‬‬
‫>‪<Wait‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﺰﻑ ﻗﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪NextPhrs‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺎً ”‪) “Wait‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-23‬‬
‫‪From Top‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-23‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪Complete‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-23‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪) cl‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (9‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bm‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-15‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫*‬
‫* ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ )ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ bm‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bp‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫‪AR-20‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:26‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 20‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :١‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bs‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bs‬ﺍﻭ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٢‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bt‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bt‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bl‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫!‪Bravo‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ! ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Again‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:27‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 21‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٣‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪ ،٣‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ bm‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.ck‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫>‪<Ph r ase‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Speak‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Speak‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ck‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bl‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٣‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:28‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 22‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “NoteGuid‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-15‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.cm‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪No t eGu i d‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ”!‪.“Bravo‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ cm‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Scoring‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Sco r i n‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ‪ ،9 ،8‬ﻭ‪bs‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.cl‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ (AR-22‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-23‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “PhraseLn‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Ph r aseLn‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:28‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 23‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫■ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫”!‪ “Bravo‬ﺍﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-24‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:29‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 24‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪bp bq br‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.cn‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً‬
‫ﻟﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻀﻲء ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ٠٫١ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٫٣‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫! ‪M . CHA L .‬‬
‫! ‪M . CHA L .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪04/11/2008 07:50:17‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪LK220_08_ar_C07.indd 25‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،bq ،bp‬ﺍﻭ ‪.br‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ cn‬ﺃﻭ ‪.bl‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪T i me 1 9 . 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Grade:‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫>ﻋﺎﻟﻲ<‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫>ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ<‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪ ،bl ،1‬ﻭ‪ cn‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-26‬‬
‫‪04/11/2008 07:50:18‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪LK220_08_ar_C07.indd 26‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪7 8 9 bk bl bm‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫‪Funk 8B t‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪-٨‬ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻟﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bq‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﺃﻭ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bl‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-27‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:31‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 27‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bm‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-31‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 1‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 2‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 3‬‬
‫• ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫• ‪FULL RANGE CHORD‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻲء‬
‫‪Cho r d‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bm‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )‪.(D7‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-28‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:31‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 28‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ ‪-٣‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪-٤‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ CASIO CHORD‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ m7‬ﺃﻭ ‪.m7 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ ،CASIO CHORD‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ C) C‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) Cm‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) C7‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪Cm7‬‬
‫)‪ C‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺳﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪/‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪AR-29‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:32‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 29‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ“ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻑ“‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫■ ﺣﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫• ”‪ “fill-in‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫■ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫■ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪AR-30‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:32‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 30‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bk‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪A c ompVo l‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪-‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.7‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “AcompVol‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.bn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.bn‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bq‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪27/03/2008 09:18:00‬‬
‫‪LK220_09_ar_C08.indd 31‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bo‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .MIDI‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻥ!‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ SP2) Windows® XP‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ(*‬
‫*‪٢‬‬
‫®‪Windows Vista‬‬
‫‪ ،10.4.11 ،10.3.9) Mac OS® X‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‪ 10.5.2 ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪B‬‬
‫*‪ Windows XP :١‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ Windows XP‬ﺇﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪-٣٢‬ﺑﺒﺖ(‬
‫*‪-٣٢) Windows Vista :٢‬ﺑﺒﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(A-B‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﺒﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪26/03/2008 09:45:22‬‬
‫‪LK220_10_ar_C09.indd 32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪MIDI‬‬
‫‪) :CASIO USB-MIDI‬ﺧﺎﺹ ‪(Mac OS X ،Windows Vista‬‬
‫”ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ “USB‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ USB‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ“‪) :‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ‬
‫‪(Windows XP‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،MIDI‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ USB‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-15‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.(GM) ١‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪.URL‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Keybd Ch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Keybd Ch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ )ﺟﺰء(‬
‫ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٦‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ )ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(١٦‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺗﻴﻦ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ 05‬ﻭ‪ (06‬ﻛﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ ،(L‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ .(R‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (R‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (L‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Navi. Ch‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Nav i .‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪.(L‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:35‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bm‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ bm‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ )ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪ ،((٣‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺪ ﻻﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Local‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪Loca l‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ‪Accomp Out‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ R‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(R‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻭ‪R‬‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫✕‬
‫{‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻻﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﺍﻭ ‪R‬‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫{‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “AcompOut‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-4‬‬
‫‪A c ompOu t‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) bo‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:35‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫‪AR-35‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:36‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 35‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺛﻢ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﺠﺄءﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-21‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ‪ (dn) PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ bm‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،140‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ 142‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،150‬ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-17‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫‪AR-36‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:37‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ ٢٤) ٤٨‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ“ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ”ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ“‬
‫ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-5‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻟﻤﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-8‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻵﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-12‬ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-12‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-11‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-6‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺧﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-13‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺃ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-32‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-37‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:37‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 37‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪LK-220‬‬
‫‪ ٦١‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤٨‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )‪ ٢٤‬ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫‪٤٠٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ١٠ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،١٠‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠٫٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٥٥‬‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪) ٤‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪LR ،R ،L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ ١±‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )–‪ ١٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٢+‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ(‬
‫‪ = A4‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٤٤٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ١٠٠±‬ﺳﻨﺖ‬
‫‪MIDI‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ١٦‬ﺟﺮﺱ‪-‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ GM Level 1 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪء‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٤٫٨ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )‪MAX (RMS‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٤٠ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٣ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ١٠ :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪DC‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪AA‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻧﻚ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪AD-5‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻢ × ‪) ٢‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٢ :‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ٢ +‬ﻭﺍﺕ(‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ = ‪ ٧٫٧‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ١١٫٨ × ٣٥٫٧ × ٩٤٫٩‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ ٤٫٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-38‬‬
‫‪07/11/2008 03:30:27‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪LK220_11_ar_Ref.indd 38‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‬
‫• ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ ،TV‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ”ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ“ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﺥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺃﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍً ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-39‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:07:38‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar.indb 39‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
Chord
Type
Root
M
m
aug
sus4
7
m7
dim7
M7
dim
m7-5
C
# b
C /(D )
D
# b
(D )/E
E
F
# b
F /(G )
G
# b
(G )/A
A
# b
(A )/B
B
Chord
Type
Root
7sus4
m add9
mM7
7-5
add9
C
# b
C /(D )
D
# b
(D )/E
E
F
# b
F /(G )
G
# b
(G )/A
A
# b
(A )/B
B
AR-40
LK220_00_ar.indb 40
25/03/2008 06:07:39
Model: LK-220
Recognized
MIDI Implementation Chart
Transmitted
1 - 16
1 - 16
Function
1
1 - 16
0 - 127
0 - 127 *1
Default
Changed
36 - 96
O 9nH v = 1 - 127
X 9nH v = 0, 8nH V =**
Basic
Channel
O 9nH v = 1 - 127
X 9nH v = 0
X
O
Mode 3
X
X
X
O
Mode 3
X
X
O (MSB only)
O
O *2
O
O
O
O
Default
Messages
Altered
True voice
Note ON
Note OFF
Note
Number
Velocity
Key’s
Ch’s
O
X
X
O
O
X
O *3
Mode
0, 32
1
6, 38
7
10
11
64
Version : 1.0
‫** = ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
Remarks
Bank select
Modulation
Data entry
Volume
Pan
Expression
Hold 1
04/11/2008 07:51:06
LK220_12_ar_MIDI Chart.indd 44
After
Touch
Pitch Bender
Control
Change
B
‫● ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫● ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪25/03/2008 06:09:16‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 2‬‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫‪Soft pedal‬‬
‫‪Reverb send‬‬
‫‪RPN LSB, MSB‬‬
‫‪All sound off‬‬
‫‪Reset all controller‬‬
‫‪ :*1‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : RPN :*2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ‬
‫‪ :*3‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ :*4‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪ :*5‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،GM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪ ،٤ ،٢‬ﻭ‪ ،٥‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ‪ MIDI‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪O : Yes‬‬
‫‪X : No‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪O *3‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *2‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪100, 101‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O *5‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪:True #‬‬
‫‪O *4‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Change‬‬
‫‪: Song Pos‬‬
‫‪: Song Sel‬‬
‫‪: Tune‬‬
‫‪: Clock‬‬
‫‪: Commands‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫‪Remarks‬‬
‫‪Messages‬‬
‫‪System Exclusive‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Common‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Real Time‬‬
‫‪Aux‬‬
‫‪: Local ON/OFF‬‬
‫‪: All notes OFF‬‬
‫‪: Active Sense‬‬
‫‪: Reset‬‬
‫‪Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO‬‬
‫‪Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY‬‬
‫‪Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA0811-B Printed in China‬‬
‫‪LK220AR1B‬‬
‫‪04/11/2008 07:49:41‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪LK220AR1B‬‬
‫‪LK220_00_ar_COV1-4.indd 1‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising